1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 339 * 340 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 341 * 342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 343 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 346 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 348 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 349 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 350 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 351 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 352 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 353 * compatibility only. 354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 355 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 359 * 360 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 361 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 362 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 364 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 366 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 368 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 369 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 370 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 371 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 373 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 374 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 375 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 376 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 377 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 378 * 379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 380 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 381 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 382 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 383 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 385 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 386 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 387 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 388 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 389 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 390 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 391 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 393 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 394 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * 397 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 398 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 399 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 400 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 401 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 402 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 403 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 404 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 405 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 406 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 407 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 408 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 409 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 410 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 412 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 413 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 414 * attributes determining channel width. 415 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 417 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 418 * 419 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 421 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 423 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 424 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 425 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 426 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 427 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in 428 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 430 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 431 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 432 * frame). 433 * 434 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 435 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 436 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 437 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 438 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 439 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 440 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 441 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 443 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 444 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 445 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 446 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 447 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 448 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 449 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 450 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 451 * 452 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 453 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 454 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 455 * global regdomain will be returned. 456 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 457 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 458 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 459 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 460 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 461 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 462 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 463 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 464 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 465 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 466 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 467 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 468 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 469 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 470 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 471 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 472 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 473 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 474 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 475 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 476 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 477 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 478 * 479 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 480 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 481 * 482 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 483 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 484 * 485 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 486 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 487 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 488 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 489 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 490 * added to all specified management frames generated by 491 * kernel/firmware/driver. 492 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 493 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 494 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 495 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 496 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 497 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 498 * 499 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 500 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 501 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 502 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 503 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 504 * be used. 505 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 506 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 507 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 508 * partial scan results may be available 509 * 510 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 511 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 512 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 513 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 514 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 515 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 516 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 517 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 518 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 519 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 520 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 521 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 522 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 523 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 524 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 525 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 526 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 527 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 528 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 529 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 530 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 531 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 532 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 533 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 534 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 535 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 536 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 537 * results available. 538 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 539 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 540 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 541 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 542 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 543 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 544 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 545 * 546 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 547 * or noise level 548 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 549 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 550 * 551 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 552 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 553 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 554 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 556 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 557 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 558 * ESS. 559 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 560 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 561 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 562 * authentication. 563 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 564 * 565 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 566 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 567 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 569 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 570 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 571 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 572 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 573 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 574 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 575 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 576 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 577 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 578 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 579 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 580 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 581 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 582 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 583 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 584 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 585 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 586 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 587 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 588 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 589 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 590 * the beacon hint was processed. 591 * 592 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 593 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 594 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 595 * authentication process. 596 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 597 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 598 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 599 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 600 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 601 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 602 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 603 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 604 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 605 * to the frame. 606 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 607 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 608 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 609 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 610 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 611 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 612 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 613 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 614 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 615 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 616 * pending authentication timed out). 617 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 618 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 619 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 620 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 621 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 622 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 623 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 624 * included). 625 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 626 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 627 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 628 * primitives). 629 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 630 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 631 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 632 * 633 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 634 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 635 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 636 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 637 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 638 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 639 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 640 * 641 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 642 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 643 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 644 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 645 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 646 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 647 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 648 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 649 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 650 * determined by the network interface. 651 * 652 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 653 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 654 * to the driver. 655 * 656 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 657 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 658 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 659 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 660 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 661 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 662 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 663 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 664 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 665 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 666 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 667 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 668 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 669 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 670 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 671 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 672 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 673 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 674 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 675 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 676 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 677 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 678 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 679 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 680 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 681 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 682 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 683 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 684 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 685 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 686 * a different BSS is desired. 687 * Background scan period can optionally be 688 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 689 * if not specified default background scan configuration 690 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 691 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 692 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 693 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 694 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 695 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 696 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 697 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 698 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 699 * well to remain backwards compatible. 700 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 701 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 702 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 703 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 704 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 705 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 706 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 707 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 708 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 709 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 710 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 711 * 712 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 713 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 714 * 715 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 716 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 717 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 718 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 719 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 720 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 721 * frequency for the operation. 722 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 723 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 724 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 725 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 726 * radio). 727 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 728 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 729 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 730 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 731 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 732 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 733 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 734 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 735 * uniquely identify the request. 736 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 737 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 738 * 739 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 740 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 741 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 742 * 743 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 744 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 745 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 746 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 747 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 748 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 749 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 750 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 751 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 752 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 753 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 754 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 755 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 756 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 757 * backward compatibility 758 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 759 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 760 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 761 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 762 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 763 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 764 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 765 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 766 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 767 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 768 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 769 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 770 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 771 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 772 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 773 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 774 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 775 * is used during CSA period. 776 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 777 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 778 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 779 * lower layers. 780 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 781 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 782 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 783 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 784 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 785 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 786 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 787 * wait time. 788 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 790 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 791 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 792 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 793 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 794 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 795 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 796 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 797 * backward compatibility. 798 * 799 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 800 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 801 * 802 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 803 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 804 * levels. 805 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 806 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 807 * reached. 808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 809 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 810 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 811 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 812 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 813 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 814 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 815 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 816 * precedence when they are used. 817 * 818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 819 * (no longer supported). 820 * 821 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 822 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 823 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 824 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 825 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 826 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 827 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 828 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 829 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 830 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 831 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 832 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 833 * command, the feature is disabled. 834 * 835 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 836 * mesh config parameters may be given. 837 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 838 * network is determined by the network interface. 839 * 840 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 841 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 842 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 843 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 844 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 845 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 846 * 847 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 848 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 849 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 850 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 851 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 852 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 853 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 854 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 855 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 856 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 857 * depending on the authentication result. 858 * 859 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 860 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 861 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 862 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 863 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 864 * more background information, see 865 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 866 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 867 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 868 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 869 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 870 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 871 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 872 * 873 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 874 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 875 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 876 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 877 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 878 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 879 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 880 * 881 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 882 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 883 * 884 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 885 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 886 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 887 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 888 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 889 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 890 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 891 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 892 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 893 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 894 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 895 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 896 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 897 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 898 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 899 * 900 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 901 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 902 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 903 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 904 * is received. 905 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 906 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 907 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 908 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 909 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 910 * 911 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 912 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 913 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 914 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 915 * 916 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 917 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 918 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 919 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 920 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 921 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 922 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 923 * 924 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 925 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 926 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 927 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 928 * 929 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 930 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 931 * 932 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 933 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 934 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 935 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 936 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 937 * from the remote AP) is completed; 938 * 939 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 940 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 941 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 942 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 943 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 944 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 945 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 946 * interfaces to change channel as well. 947 * 948 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 949 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 950 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 951 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 952 * public action frame TX. 953 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 954 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 955 * 956 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 957 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 958 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 959 * is used for this. 960 * 961 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 962 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 963 * 964 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 965 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 966 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 967 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 968 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 969 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 970 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 971 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 972 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 973 * 974 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 975 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 976 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 977 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 978 * while operating on this channel. 979 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 980 * event. 981 * 982 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 983 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 984 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 985 * 986 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 987 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 988 * 989 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 990 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 991 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 992 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 993 * 994 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 995 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 996 * complete. 997 * 998 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 999 * return back to normal. 1000 * 1001 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1002 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1003 * 1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1005 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1006 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1007 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1008 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1009 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1010 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1011 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1012 * switch is complete. 1013 * 1014 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1015 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1017 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1018 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1019 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1020 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1021 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1022 * 1023 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1024 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1025 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1026 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1027 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1028 * 1029 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1030 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1031 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1032 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1033 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1034 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1035 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1036 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1037 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1038 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1039 * fail even if the check was successful. 1040 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1041 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1042 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1043 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1044 * 1045 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1046 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1047 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1048 * 1049 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1050 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1051 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1052 * network is determined by the network interface. 1053 * 1054 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1055 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1056 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1057 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1058 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1059 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1060 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1061 * AP. 1062 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1063 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1064 * when this command completes. 1065 * 1066 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1067 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1068 * management. 1069 * 1070 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1071 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1072 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1073 * 1074 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1075 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1076 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1077 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1078 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1080 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1081 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1082 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1083 * added. 1084 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1085 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1086 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1087 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1088 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1089 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1090 * of the function upon success. 1091 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1092 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1093 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1094 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1095 * which just terminated. 1096 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1097 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1098 * the response to this command. 1099 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1100 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1101 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1102 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1103 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1104 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1105 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1106 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1107 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1108 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1109 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1110 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1111 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1112 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1113 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1114 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1115 * 1116 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1117 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1118 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1119 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1120 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1121 * 1122 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1123 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1124 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1125 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1126 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1127 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1128 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1129 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1130 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1131 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1132 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1133 * should be indicated instead. 1134 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1135 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1136 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1137 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1138 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1139 * 802.11 headers. 1140 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1141 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1142 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1143 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1144 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1145 * address of that link. 1146 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1147 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1148 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1149 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1150 * 1151 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1152 * 1153 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1154 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1155 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1156 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1157 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1158 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1159 * 1160 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1161 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1162 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1163 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1164 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1165 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1166 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1167 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1168 * command interface. 1169 * 1170 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1171 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1172 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1173 * 1174 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1175 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1176 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1177 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1178 * 1179 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1180 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1181 * 1182 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1183 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1184 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1185 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1186 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1187 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1188 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1189 * the netlink extended ack message. 1190 * 1191 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1192 * 1193 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1194 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1195 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1196 * buffer size. 1197 * 1198 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1199 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1200 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1201 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1202 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1203 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1204 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1205 * 1206 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1207 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1208 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1209 * determining the width and type. 1210 * 1211 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1212 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1213 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1214 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1215 * 1216 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1217 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1218 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1219 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1220 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1221 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1222 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1223 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1224 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1225 * rate selection. 1226 * 1227 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1228 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1229 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1230 * 1231 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1232 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1233 * 1234 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1235 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1236 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1237 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1238 * 1239 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1240 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1241 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1242 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1243 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1244 * 1245 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1246 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1247 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1248 * 1249 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1250 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1251 * 1252 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1253 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1254 * 1255 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1256 * started 1257 * 1258 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1259 * been aborted 1260 * 1261 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1262 * has completed 1263 * 1264 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1265 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1266 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1267 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1268 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1269 * 1270 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1271 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1272 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1273 * specify the timeout value. 1274 * 1275 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1276 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1277 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1278 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1279 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1280 * 1281 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1282 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1283 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1284 * 1285 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1286 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1287 */ 1288 enum nl80211_commands { 1289 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1290 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1291 1292 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1293 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1294 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1295 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1296 1297 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1298 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1299 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1300 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1301 1302 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1303 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1304 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1305 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1306 1307 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1308 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1309 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1310 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1311 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1312 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1313 1314 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1315 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1316 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1317 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1318 1319 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1320 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1321 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1322 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1323 1324 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1325 1326 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1327 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1328 1329 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1330 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1331 1332 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1333 1334 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1335 1336 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1337 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1338 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1339 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1340 1341 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1342 1343 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1344 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1345 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1346 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1347 1348 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1349 1350 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1351 1352 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1353 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1354 1355 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1356 1357 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1358 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1359 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1360 1361 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1362 1363 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1364 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1367 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1368 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1369 1370 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1371 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1372 1373 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1374 1375 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1376 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1377 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1378 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1379 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1380 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1381 1382 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1383 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1384 1385 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1386 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1387 1388 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1389 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1390 1391 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1392 1393 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1394 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1395 1396 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1397 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1398 1399 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1400 1401 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1402 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1403 1404 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1405 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1406 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1407 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1408 1409 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1410 1411 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1412 1413 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1414 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1415 1416 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1417 1418 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1419 1420 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1421 1422 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1423 1424 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1425 1426 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1427 1428 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1429 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1430 1431 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1432 1433 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1434 1435 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1436 1437 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1438 1439 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1440 1441 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1442 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1443 1444 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1445 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1446 1447 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1448 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1449 1450 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1451 1452 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1453 1454 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1455 1456 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1457 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1458 1459 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1460 1461 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1462 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1463 1464 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1465 1466 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1467 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1468 1469 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1470 1471 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1472 1473 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1474 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1475 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1476 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1477 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1478 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1479 1480 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1481 1482 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1483 1484 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1485 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1486 1487 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1488 1489 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1490 1491 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1492 1493 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1494 1495 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1496 1497 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1498 1499 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1500 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1501 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1502 1503 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1504 1505 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1506 1507 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1508 1509 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1510 1511 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1512 1513 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1514 1515 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1516 1517 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1518 1519 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1520 1521 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1522 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1523 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1524 1525 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1526 1527 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1528 1529 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1530 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1531 1532 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1533 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1534 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1535 1536 /* add new commands above here */ 1537 1538 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1539 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1540 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1541 }; 1542 1543 /* 1544 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1545 * here 1546 */ 1547 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1548 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1549 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1550 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1551 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1552 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1553 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1554 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1555 1556 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1557 1558 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1559 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1560 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1561 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1562 1563 /** 1564 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1565 * 1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1567 * 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1569 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1573 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1574 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1575 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1576 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1578 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1579 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1581 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1582 * operating channel center frequency. 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1584 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1586 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1587 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1588 * this attribute) 1589 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1590 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1591 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1592 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1594 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1595 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1597 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1598 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1600 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1601 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1603 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1604 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1606 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1607 * 1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1611 * 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1613 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1614 * 1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1616 * 1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1618 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1619 * keys 1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1622 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1624 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1627 * default management key 1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1629 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1631 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1632 * 1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1637 * 1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1640 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1642 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1644 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1645 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1647 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1649 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1650 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1651 * 1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1653 * consisting of a nested array. 1654 * 1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1657 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1660 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1661 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1662 * 1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1664 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1665 * 1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1667 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1668 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1669 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1670 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1671 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1672 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1673 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1674 * to a specific alpha2. 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1676 * rules. 1677 * 1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1680 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1682 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1684 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1685 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1686 * 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1688 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1689 * 1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1691 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1692 * of the interface mode. 1693 * 1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1695 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1696 * 1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1698 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1699 * 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1701 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1703 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1705 * that can be added to a scan request 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1707 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1709 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1710 * 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1713 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1715 * 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1717 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1719 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1720 * 1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1722 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1723 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1724 * 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1726 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1727 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1730 * represented as a u32 1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1732 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1733 * 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1735 * a u32 1736 * 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1738 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1739 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1740 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1741 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1743 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1744 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1745 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1746 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1747 * 1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1749 * cipher suites 1750 * 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1752 * for other networks on different channels 1753 * 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1755 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1756 * 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1758 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1759 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1760 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1761 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1762 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1763 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1764 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1765 * 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1767 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1768 * 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1770 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1771 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1772 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1773 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1774 * default in station mode. 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1776 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1777 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1778 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1779 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1780 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1782 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1783 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1785 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1786 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1787 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1788 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1789 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1790 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1791 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1792 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1793 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1794 * 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1796 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1797 * 1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1799 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1800 * a local disconnect request. 1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1802 * event (u16) 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1804 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1805 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1806 * 1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1808 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1809 * (an array of u32). 1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1811 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1812 * u32). 1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1814 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1815 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1817 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1818 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1819 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1820 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1821 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1822 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1823 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1824 * 1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1826 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1828 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1829 * 1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1831 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1832 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1833 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1834 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1835 * 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1837 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1839 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1840 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1841 * 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1843 * 1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1845 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1846 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1847 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1848 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1849 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1850 * completely from scratch. 1851 * 1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1853 * 1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1855 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1856 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1857 * 1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1860 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1861 * 1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1864 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1865 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1866 * 1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1868 * 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1870 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1871 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1872 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1873 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1874 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1875 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1876 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1877 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1878 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1879 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1880 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1881 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1882 * 1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1884 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1886 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1888 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1889 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1890 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1892 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1893 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1894 * 1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1896 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1897 * 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1899 * 1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1901 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1902 * 1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1904 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1905 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1906 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1907 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1908 * 1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1910 * connected to this BSS. 1911 * 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1913 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1915 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1916 * for non-automatic settings. 1917 * 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1919 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1920 * 1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1922 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1923 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1924 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1925 * 1926 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1927 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1928 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1929 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1930 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1931 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1932 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1933 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1934 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1935 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1936 * 1937 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1938 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1939 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1940 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1941 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1942 * 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1944 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1945 * 1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1947 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1948 * 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1950 * 1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1952 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1953 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1954 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1955 * nl80211 capability flag. 1956 * 1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1958 * 1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1960 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1961 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1962 * 1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1964 * changed once the mesh is active. 1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1966 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1968 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1969 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1971 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1972 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1973 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1974 * 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1976 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1978 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1979 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1980 * triggers. 1981 * 1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1983 * cycles, in msecs. 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1986 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1987 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1988 * pass-thru filter rules. 1989 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1990 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1991 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1992 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1993 * able to ignore them by itself. 1994 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1995 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1996 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1997 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1998 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1999 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2000 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2001 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2002 * 2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2004 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2005 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2007 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2008 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2009 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2010 * 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2012 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2015 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2016 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2017 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2018 * 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2020 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2021 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2022 * 2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2024 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2025 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2026 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2028 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2029 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2030 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2031 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2032 * 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2034 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2036 * as AP. 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2039 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2040 * 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2042 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2043 * 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2045 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2046 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2047 * applications use this attribute. 2048 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2049 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2050 * 2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2052 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2053 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2055 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2057 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2059 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2061 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2062 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2063 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2064 * 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2066 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2067 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2068 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2069 * 2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2071 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2072 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2073 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2074 * 2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2076 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2078 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2079 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2080 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2081 * 2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2083 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2084 * to be filled by the FW. 2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2086 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2087 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2089 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2090 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2092 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2093 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2094 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2095 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2096 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2097 * The values that may be configured are: 2098 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2099 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2100 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2101 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2102 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2103 * 2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2105 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2106 * to one DFS region. 2107 * 2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2109 * up to 16 TIDs. 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2112 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2113 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2114 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2115 * capability to timeout the stations. 2116 * 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2118 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2119 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2120 * 2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2122 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2123 * 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2125 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2126 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2127 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2128 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2129 * 2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2131 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2132 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2133 * 2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2135 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2136 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2137 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2138 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2139 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2140 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2141 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2142 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2143 * consistent. 2144 * 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2146 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2147 * 2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2149 * 2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2151 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2153 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2154 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2155 * no change is made. 2156 * 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2158 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2159 * 2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2161 * carried in a u32 attribute 2162 * 2163 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2164 * MAC ACL. 2165 * 2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2167 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2168 * ACL. 2169 * 2170 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2171 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2172 * 2173 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2174 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2175 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2177 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2178 * 2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2180 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2181 * 2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2183 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2184 * and PU-APSD. 2185 * 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2187 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2188 * 2189 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2190 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2191 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2192 * 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2194 * 2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2196 * Element 2197 * 2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2199 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2201 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2202 * 2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2204 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2205 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2206 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2207 * 2208 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2209 * 2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2211 * until the channel switch event. 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2213 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2214 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2215 * was requested by the AP. 2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2217 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2219 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2221 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2222 * 2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2224 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2225 * 2226 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2227 * 2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2229 * operating classes. 2230 * 2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2232 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2233 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2234 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2235 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2236 * IBSS network. 2237 * 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2239 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2241 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2242 * 2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2244 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2245 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2246 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2247 * u8 attribute. 2248 * 2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2250 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2253 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2255 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2256 * 2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2258 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2259 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2260 * 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2263 * 2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2265 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2266 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2267 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2268 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2269 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2270 * 2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2272 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2274 * supported number of csa counters. 2275 * 2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2277 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2278 * 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2280 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2281 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2282 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2283 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2284 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2285 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2286 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2287 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2288 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2289 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2290 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2291 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2292 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2293 * multicast group. 2294 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2295 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2296 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2297 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2298 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2299 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2300 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2301 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2302 * 2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2304 * the TDLS link initiator. 2305 * 2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2307 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2308 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2309 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2310 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2311 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2312 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2313 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2314 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2315 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2316 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2317 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2318 * 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2320 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2321 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2322 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2323 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2324 * 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2328 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2329 * 2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2331 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2332 * 2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2334 * 2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2336 * 2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2338 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2339 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2340 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2341 * 2342 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2343 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2344 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2345 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2346 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2347 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2348 * 2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2350 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2351 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2352 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2353 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2354 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2355 * over all channels. 2356 * 2357 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2358 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2359 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2360 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2361 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2363 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2364 * 2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2366 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2367 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2368 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2370 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2371 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2372 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2373 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2374 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2375 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2376 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2378 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2379 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2380 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2382 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2383 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2384 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2385 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2386 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2387 * 2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2389 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2390 * 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2392 * 2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2394 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2395 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2396 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2397 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2398 * present. 2399 * 2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2401 * groupID for monitor mode. 2402 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2403 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2404 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2405 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2406 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2407 * each group. 2408 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2409 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2410 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2411 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2412 * groupID data. 2413 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2415 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2416 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2417 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2418 * 2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2420 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2421 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2422 * attribute must not be included). 2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2424 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2426 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2427 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2428 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2429 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2430 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2431 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2432 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2433 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2434 * 2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2436 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2437 * 2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2439 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2440 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2441 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2442 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2444 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2445 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2446 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2447 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2448 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2449 * the device will decide what to use. 2450 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2451 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2452 * attribute. 2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2454 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2456 * protection. 2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2458 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2459 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2460 * 2461 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2462 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2463 * 2464 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2465 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2466 * 2467 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2468 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2469 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2470 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2471 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2472 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2473 * unnecessary wakeups. 2474 * 2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2476 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2477 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2478 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2479 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2480 * 2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2482 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2483 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2484 * 2485 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2486 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2487 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2488 * 2489 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2490 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2491 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2492 * 2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2494 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2495 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2496 * 2497 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2498 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2499 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2500 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2501 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2502 * 2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2504 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2505 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2506 * 2507 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2508 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2509 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2510 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2511 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2512 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2513 * is included as well. 2514 * 2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2516 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2517 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2518 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2519 * 2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2521 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2522 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2523 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2525 * 2526 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2527 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2528 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2529 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2531 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2532 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2533 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2534 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2535 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2536 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2537 * 2538 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2539 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2540 * 2541 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2542 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2543 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2544 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2545 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2546 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2547 * enforced. 2548 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2549 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2550 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2551 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2552 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2553 * 2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2555 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2556 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2557 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2558 * 2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2560 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2561 * 2562 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2563 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2564 * invalid value. 2565 * 2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2567 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2568 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2569 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2570 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2571 * 2572 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2573 * scheduler. 2574 * 2575 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2576 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2577 * possible values. 2578 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2579 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2580 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2581 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2582 * or per-station. 2583 * 2584 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2585 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2586 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2587 * 2588 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2589 * 2590 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2591 * functionality. 2592 * 2593 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2594 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2595 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2597 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2598 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2599 * 2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2601 * (u16). 2602 * 2603 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2604 * 2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2606 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2607 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2608 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2609 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2610 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2611 * 2612 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2613 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2614 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2615 * attributes. 2616 * 2617 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2618 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2619 * 2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2621 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2622 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2623 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2624 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2625 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2626 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2627 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2628 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2629 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2630 * 2631 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2632 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2633 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2634 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2635 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2636 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2637 * has expired. 2638 * 2639 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2640 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2641 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2642 * disassociation is still forced. 2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2644 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2646 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2647 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2648 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2649 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2651 * 2652 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2653 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2654 * 2655 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2656 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2657 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2658 * 2659 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2660 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2661 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2662 * 2663 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2664 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2665 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2666 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2667 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2668 * 2669 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2670 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2671 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2672 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2673 * 2674 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2675 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2676 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2677 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2678 * 2679 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2680 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2681 * is desired. 2682 * 2683 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2684 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2685 * 2686 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2687 * until the color switch event. 2688 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2689 * switching to 2690 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2691 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2692 * 2693 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2694 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2695 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2696 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2697 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2698 * parameters. 2699 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2700 * 2701 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2702 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2703 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2704 * 2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2706 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2707 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2708 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2709 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2710 * radar channel. 2711 * 2712 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2713 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2714 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2715 * 2716 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2717 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2718 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2719 * 2720 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2721 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2723 * per-link information and a link ID. 2724 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2725 * authenticate/associate. 2726 * 2727 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2728 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2729 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2730 * 2731 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2732 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2733 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2734 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2735 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2736 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2737 * 2738 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2739 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2740 * 2741 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2742 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2743 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2744 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2745 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2746 * the ack TX timestamp. 2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2748 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2749 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2750 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2751 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2752 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2753 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2754 * (re)associations. 2755 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2756 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2757 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2758 */ 2759 enum nl80211_attrs { 2760 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2761 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2762 2763 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2764 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2767 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2768 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2769 2770 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2771 2772 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2773 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2774 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2775 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2776 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2777 2778 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2779 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2780 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2781 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2782 2783 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2784 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2785 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2786 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2787 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2788 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2789 2790 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2791 2792 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2793 2794 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2795 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2796 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2797 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2798 2799 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2800 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2801 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2802 2803 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2804 2805 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2808 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2809 2810 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2811 2812 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2815 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2816 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2817 2818 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2819 2820 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2821 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2822 2823 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2824 2825 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2826 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2827 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2828 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2829 2830 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2831 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2832 2833 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2834 2835 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2836 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2837 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2838 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2839 2840 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2841 2842 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2843 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2844 2845 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2846 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2847 2848 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2849 2850 2851 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2852 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2853 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2854 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2855 2856 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2857 2858 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2859 2860 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2861 2862 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2863 2864 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2865 2866 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2867 2868 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2869 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2870 2871 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2872 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2873 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2874 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2875 2876 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2877 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2878 2879 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2880 2881 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2882 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2883 2884 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2885 2886 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2887 2888 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2889 2890 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2891 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2892 2893 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2894 2895 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2896 2897 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2898 2899 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2900 2901 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2902 2903 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2904 2905 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2906 2907 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2908 2909 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2910 2911 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2912 2913 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2914 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2915 2916 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2917 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2918 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2919 2920 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2921 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2922 2923 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2924 2925 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2926 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2927 2928 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2929 2930 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2931 2932 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2933 2934 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2935 2936 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2937 2938 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2939 2940 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2941 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2944 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2945 2946 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2947 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2948 2949 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2950 2951 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2952 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2953 2954 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2955 2956 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2957 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2958 2959 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2960 2961 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2962 2963 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2964 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2965 2966 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2967 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2968 2969 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2972 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2973 2974 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2975 2976 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2977 2978 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2979 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2980 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2981 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2982 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2983 2984 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2985 2986 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2987 2988 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2989 2990 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2991 2992 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2993 2994 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2995 2996 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2997 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2998 2999 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 3000 3001 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3002 3003 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3006 3007 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3008 3009 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3010 3011 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3012 3013 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3014 3015 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3016 3017 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3018 3019 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3020 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3021 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3022 3023 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3024 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3025 3026 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3027 3028 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3029 3030 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3031 3032 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3033 3034 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3035 3036 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3037 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3038 3039 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3040 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3041 3042 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3043 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3044 3045 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3046 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3047 3048 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3049 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3050 3051 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3052 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3053 3054 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3055 3056 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3057 3058 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3059 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3060 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3061 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3062 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3063 3064 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3065 3066 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3067 3068 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3069 3070 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3071 3072 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3073 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3074 3075 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3076 3077 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3078 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3079 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3080 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3081 3082 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3083 3084 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3085 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3086 3087 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3088 3089 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3090 3091 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3092 3093 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3094 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3095 3096 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3097 3098 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3099 3100 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3101 3102 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3103 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3104 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3105 3106 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3107 3108 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3109 3110 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3111 3112 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3113 3114 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3115 3116 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3117 3118 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3119 3120 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3121 3122 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3123 3124 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3125 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3126 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3127 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3128 3129 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3130 3131 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3132 3133 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3134 3135 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3136 3137 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3138 3139 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3140 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3141 3142 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3143 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3144 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3145 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3146 3147 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3148 3149 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3150 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3151 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3152 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3153 3154 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3155 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3156 3157 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3158 3159 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3160 3161 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3162 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3163 3164 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3165 3166 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3167 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3168 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3169 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3170 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3171 3172 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3173 3174 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3175 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3176 3177 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3178 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3179 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3180 3181 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3182 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3183 3184 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3185 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3186 3187 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3188 3189 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3190 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3191 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3192 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3193 3194 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3195 3196 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3197 3198 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3199 3200 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3201 3202 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3203 3204 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3205 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3206 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3207 3208 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3209 3210 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3211 3212 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3213 3214 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3215 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3216 3217 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3218 3219 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3220 3221 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3222 3223 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3224 3225 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3226 3227 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3228 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3229 3230 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3231 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3232 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3233 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3234 3235 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3236 3237 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3238 3239 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3240 3241 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3242 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3243 3244 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3245 3246 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3247 3248 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3249 3250 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3251 3252 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3253 3254 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3255 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3256 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3257 3258 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3259 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3260 3261 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3262 3263 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3264 3265 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3266 3267 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3268 3269 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3270 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3271 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3272 3273 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3274 3275 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3276 3277 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3278 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3279 3280 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3281 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3282 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3283 3284 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3285 3286 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3287 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3288 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3289 }; 3290 3291 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3292 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3293 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3294 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3295 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3296 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3297 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3298 3299 /* 3300 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3301 * here 3302 */ 3303 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3304 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3305 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3306 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3307 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3308 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3309 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3310 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3311 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3312 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3313 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3314 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3315 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3316 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3317 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3318 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3319 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3320 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3321 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3322 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3323 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3324 3325 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3326 3327 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3328 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3329 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3330 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3331 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3332 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3333 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3334 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3335 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3336 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3337 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3338 3339 /* 3340 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3341 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3342 */ 3343 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3344 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3345 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3346 3347 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3348 3349 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3350 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3351 3352 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3353 3354 /** 3355 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3356 * 3357 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3358 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3359 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3360 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3361 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3362 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3363 * AP type interface. 3364 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3365 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3366 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3367 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3368 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3369 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3370 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3371 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3372 * commands to create and destroy one 3373 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3374 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3375 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3376 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3377 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3378 * 3379 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3380 * to set the type of an interface. 3381 * 3382 */ 3383 enum nl80211_iftype { 3384 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3385 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3386 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3387 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3388 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3389 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3390 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3391 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3392 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3393 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3394 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3395 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3396 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3397 3398 /* keep last */ 3399 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3400 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3401 }; 3402 3403 /** 3404 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3405 * 3406 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3407 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3408 * 3409 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3410 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3411 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3412 * with short barker preamble 3413 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3414 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3415 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3416 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3417 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3418 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3419 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3420 * as errors.) 3421 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3422 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3423 * previously added station into associated state 3424 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3425 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3426 */ 3427 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3428 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3429 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3430 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3431 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3432 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3433 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3434 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3435 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3436 3437 /* keep last */ 3438 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3439 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3440 }; 3441 3442 /** 3443 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3444 * 3445 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3446 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3447 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3448 */ 3449 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3450 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3451 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3452 3453 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3454 }; 3455 3456 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3457 3458 /** 3459 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3460 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3461 * @set: which values to set them to 3462 * 3463 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3464 */ 3465 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3466 __u32 mask; 3467 __u32 set; 3468 } __attribute__((packed)); 3469 3470 /** 3471 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3472 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3473 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3474 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3475 */ 3476 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3477 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3478 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3479 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3480 }; 3481 3482 /** 3483 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3484 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3485 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3486 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3487 */ 3488 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3489 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3490 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3491 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3492 }; 3493 3494 /** 3495 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3496 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3497 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3498 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3499 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3500 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3501 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3502 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3503 */ 3504 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3505 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3506 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3507 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3508 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3509 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3510 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3511 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3512 }; 3513 3514 /** 3515 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3516 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3517 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3518 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3519 */ 3520 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3521 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3522 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3523 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3524 }; 3525 3526 /** 3527 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3528 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3529 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3530 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3531 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3532 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3533 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3534 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3535 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3536 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3537 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3538 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3539 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3540 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3541 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3542 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3543 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3544 */ 3545 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3546 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3547 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3548 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3549 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3550 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3551 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3552 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3553 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3554 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3555 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3556 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3557 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3558 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3559 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3560 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3561 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3562 }; 3563 3564 /** 3565 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3566 * 3567 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3568 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3569 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3570 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3571 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3572 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3573 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3574 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3575 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3576 * 3577 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3578 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3579 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3580 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3581 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3582 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3583 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3584 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3585 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3586 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3587 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3588 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3589 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3590 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3591 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3592 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3593 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3594 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3595 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3596 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3597 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3598 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3599 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3600 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3601 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3602 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3603 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3604 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3605 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3606 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3607 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3608 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3609 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3610 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3611 */ 3612 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3613 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3614 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3615 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3616 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3617 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3618 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3619 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3620 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3621 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3622 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3623 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3624 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3625 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3626 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3628 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3632 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3633 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3634 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3635 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3636 3637 /* keep last */ 3638 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3639 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3640 }; 3641 3642 /** 3643 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3644 * 3645 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3646 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3647 * 3648 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3649 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3650 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3651 * (flag) 3652 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3653 * (flag) 3654 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3655 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3656 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3657 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3658 */ 3659 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3660 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3661 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3662 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3663 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3664 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3665 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3666 3667 /* keep last */ 3668 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3669 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3670 }; 3671 3672 /** 3673 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3674 * 3675 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3676 * when getting information about a station. 3677 * 3678 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3679 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3680 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3681 * (u32, from this station) 3682 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3683 * (u32, to this station) 3684 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3685 * (u64, from this station) 3686 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3687 * (u64, to this station) 3688 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3689 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3690 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3691 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3692 * (u32, from this station) 3693 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3694 * (u32, to this station) 3695 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3696 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3697 * (u32, to this station) 3698 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3699 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3700 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3701 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3702 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3703 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3704 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3705 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3706 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3707 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3708 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3709 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3710 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3711 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3712 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3713 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3714 * non-peer STA 3715 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3716 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3717 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3718 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3719 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3720 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3721 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3722 * (u64) 3723 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3724 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3725 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3726 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3727 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3728 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3729 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3730 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3731 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3732 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3733 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3734 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3735 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3736 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3737 * (u32, from this station) 3738 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3739 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3740 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3741 * might not be fully accurate. 3742 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3743 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3744 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3745 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3746 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3747 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3748 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3749 * of STA's association 3750 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3751 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3752 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3753 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3754 */ 3755 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3756 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3757 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3758 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3759 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3760 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3761 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3762 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3763 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3764 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3765 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3766 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3767 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3768 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3769 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3770 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3771 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3772 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3773 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3774 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3775 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3776 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3777 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3778 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3779 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3780 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3781 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3782 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3783 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3784 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3785 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3786 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3787 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3788 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3789 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3790 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3791 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3792 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3793 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3794 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3795 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3796 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3797 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3798 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3799 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3800 3801 /* keep last */ 3802 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3803 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3804 }; 3805 3806 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3807 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3808 3809 3810 /** 3811 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3812 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3813 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3814 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3815 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3816 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3817 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3818 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3819 * MSDUs (u64) 3820 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3821 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3822 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3823 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3824 */ 3825 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3826 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3827 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3828 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3829 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3830 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3831 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3832 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3833 3834 /* keep last */ 3835 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3836 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3837 }; 3838 3839 /** 3840 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3841 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3842 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3843 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3844 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3845 * backlogged 3846 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3847 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3848 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3849 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3850 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3851 * (only for per-phy stats) 3852 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3853 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3854 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3855 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3856 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3857 */ 3858 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3859 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3860 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3861 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3862 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3863 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3864 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3865 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3866 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3867 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3868 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3869 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3870 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3871 3872 /* keep last */ 3873 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3874 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3875 }; 3876 3877 /** 3878 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3879 * 3880 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3881 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3882 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3883 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3884 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3885 */ 3886 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3887 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3888 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3889 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3890 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3891 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3892 }; 3893 3894 /** 3895 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3896 * 3897 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3898 * information about a mesh path. 3899 * 3900 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3901 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3902 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3903 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3904 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3905 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3906 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3907 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3908 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3909 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3910 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3911 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3912 * currently defined 3913 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3914 */ 3915 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3916 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3917 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3918 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3919 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3920 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3921 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3922 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3923 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3924 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3925 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3926 3927 /* keep last */ 3928 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3929 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3930 }; 3931 3932 /** 3933 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3934 * 3935 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3936 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3937 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3938 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3939 * capabilities IE 3940 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3941 * capabilities IE 3942 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3943 * capabilities IE 3944 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3945 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3946 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3947 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3948 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 3949 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 3950 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 3951 * capabilities element 3952 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 3953 * capabilities element 3954 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 3955 * capabilities element 3956 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 3957 * defined in EHT capabilities element 3958 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3959 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3960 */ 3961 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3962 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3963 3964 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3965 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3966 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3967 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3968 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3969 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3970 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 3971 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 3972 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 3973 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 3974 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 3975 3976 /* keep last */ 3977 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3978 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3979 }; 3980 3981 /** 3982 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3983 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3984 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3985 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3986 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3987 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3988 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3989 * defined in 802.11n 3990 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3991 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3992 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3993 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3994 * defined in 802.11ac 3995 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3996 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3997 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3998 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3999 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4000 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4001 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4002 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4003 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4004 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4005 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4006 */ 4007 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4008 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4009 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4010 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4011 4012 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4013 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4014 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4015 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4016 4017 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4018 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4019 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4020 4021 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4022 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4023 4024 /* keep last */ 4025 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4026 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4027 }; 4028 4029 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4030 4031 /** 4032 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4033 * 4034 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4035 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4036 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4037 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4038 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4039 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4040 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4041 */ 4042 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4043 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4044 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4045 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4046 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4047 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4048 4049 /* keep last */ 4050 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4051 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4052 }; 4053 4054 /** 4055 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4056 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4057 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4058 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4059 * regulatory domain. 4060 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4061 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4062 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4063 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4064 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4065 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4066 * (100 * dBm). 4067 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4068 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4069 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 4070 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4071 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4072 * channel as the control channel 4073 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4074 * channel as the control channel 4075 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4076 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4077 * this includes 80+80 channels 4078 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4079 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4080 * isn't possible 4081 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4082 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4083 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4084 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4085 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4086 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4087 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4088 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4089 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4090 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4091 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4092 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4093 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4094 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4095 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4096 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4097 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4098 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4099 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4100 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4101 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4102 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4103 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4104 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4105 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4106 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4107 * in current regulatory domain. 4108 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4109 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4110 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4111 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4112 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4113 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4114 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4115 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4116 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4117 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4118 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4119 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4120 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4121 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4122 * in current regulatory domain. 4123 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4124 * currently defined 4125 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4126 * 4127 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4128 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4129 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4130 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4131 */ 4132 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4133 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4134 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4135 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4136 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4137 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4138 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4139 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4140 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4141 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4142 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4143 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4144 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4145 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4146 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4147 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4148 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4149 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4150 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4151 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4152 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4153 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4154 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4155 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4156 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4157 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4158 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4159 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4160 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4161 4162 /* keep last */ 4163 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4164 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4165 }; 4166 4167 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4168 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4169 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4170 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4171 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4172 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4173 4174 /** 4175 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4176 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4177 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4178 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4179 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4180 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4181 * currently defined 4182 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4183 */ 4184 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4185 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4186 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4187 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4188 4189 /* keep last */ 4190 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4191 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4192 }; 4193 4194 /** 4195 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4196 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4197 * regulatory domain. 4198 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4199 * regulatory domain. 4200 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4201 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4202 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4203 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4204 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4205 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4206 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4207 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4208 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4209 */ 4210 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4211 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4212 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4213 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4214 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4215 }; 4216 4217 /** 4218 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4219 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4220 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4221 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4222 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4223 * domain. 4224 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4225 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4226 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4227 * them to be applied. 4228 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4229 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4230 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4231 * domain request to be processed. 4232 */ 4233 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4234 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4235 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4236 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4237 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4238 }; 4239 4240 /** 4241 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4242 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4243 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4244 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4245 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4246 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4247 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4248 * band edge. 4249 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4250 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4251 * band edge. 4252 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4253 * frequency range, in KHz. 4254 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4255 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4256 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4257 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4258 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4259 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4260 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4261 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4262 * currently defined 4263 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4264 */ 4265 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4266 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4267 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4268 4269 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4270 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4271 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4272 4273 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4274 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4275 4276 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4277 4278 /* keep last */ 4279 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4280 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4281 }; 4282 4283 /** 4284 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4285 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4286 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4287 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4288 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4289 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4290 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4291 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4292 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4293 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4294 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4295 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4296 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4297 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4298 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4299 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4300 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4301 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4302 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4303 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4304 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4305 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4306 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 4307 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 4308 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 4309 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 4310 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 4311 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 4312 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 4313 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 4314 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4315 * attribute number currently defined 4316 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4317 */ 4318 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4319 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4320 4321 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4322 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4323 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4324 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4325 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4326 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 4327 4328 /* keep last */ 4329 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4330 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4331 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4332 }; 4333 4334 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4335 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4336 4337 /** 4338 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4339 * 4340 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4341 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4342 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4343 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4344 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4345 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4346 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4347 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4348 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4349 * beaconing. 4350 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4351 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4352 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4353 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4354 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4355 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4356 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4357 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4358 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4359 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4360 */ 4361 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4362 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4363 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4364 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4365 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4366 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4367 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4368 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4369 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4370 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4371 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4372 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4373 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4374 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4375 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4376 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4377 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4378 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18, 4379 }; 4380 4381 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4382 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4383 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4384 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4385 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4386 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4387 4388 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4389 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4390 4391 /** 4392 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4393 * 4394 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4395 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4396 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4397 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4398 */ 4399 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4400 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4401 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4402 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4403 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4404 }; 4405 4406 /** 4407 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4408 * 4409 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4410 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4411 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4412 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4413 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4414 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4415 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4416 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4417 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4418 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4419 * supported feature. 4420 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4421 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4422 */ 4423 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4424 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4425 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4426 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4427 }; 4428 4429 /** 4430 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4431 * 4432 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4433 * when getting information about a survey. 4434 * 4435 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4436 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4437 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4438 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4439 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4440 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4441 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4442 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4443 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4444 * channel was sensed busy 4445 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4446 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4447 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4448 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4449 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4450 * (on this channel or globally) 4451 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4452 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4453 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4454 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4455 * currently defined 4456 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4457 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4458 */ 4459 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4460 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4461 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4462 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4463 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4464 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4465 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4466 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4467 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4468 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4469 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4470 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4471 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4472 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4473 4474 /* keep last */ 4475 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4476 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4477 }; 4478 4479 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4480 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4481 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4482 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4483 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4484 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4485 4486 /** 4487 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4488 * 4489 * Monitor configuration flags. 4490 * 4491 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4492 * 4493 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4494 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4495 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4496 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4497 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4498 * overrides all other flags. 4499 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4500 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4501 * 4502 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4503 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4504 */ 4505 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4506 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4507 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4508 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4509 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4510 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4511 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4512 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4513 4514 /* keep last */ 4515 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4516 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4517 }; 4518 4519 /** 4520 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4521 * 4522 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4523 * not known or has not been set yet. 4524 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4525 * in Awake state all the time. 4526 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4527 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4528 * neighbor's beacons. 4529 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4530 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4531 * for neighbor's beacons. 4532 * 4533 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4534 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4535 */ 4536 4537 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4538 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4539 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4540 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4541 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4542 4543 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4544 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4545 }; 4546 4547 /** 4548 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4549 * 4550 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4551 * active. 4552 * 4553 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4554 * 4555 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4556 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4557 * 4558 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4559 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4560 * 4561 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4562 * millisecond units 4563 * 4564 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4565 * on this mesh interface 4566 * 4567 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4568 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4569 * mesh 4570 * 4571 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4572 * point. 4573 * 4574 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4575 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4576 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4577 * set. 4578 * 4579 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4580 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4581 * target) 4582 * 4583 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4584 * (in milliseconds) 4585 * 4586 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4587 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4588 * 4589 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4590 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4591 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4592 * 4593 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4594 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4595 * reference element 4596 * 4597 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4598 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4599 * mesh 4600 * 4601 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4602 * 4603 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4604 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4605 * 4606 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4607 * root announcements are transmitted. 4608 * 4609 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4610 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4611 * Announcement frames. 4612 * 4613 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4614 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4615 * PERR element. 4616 * 4617 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4618 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4619 * 4620 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4621 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4622 * a peer link. 4623 * 4624 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4625 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4626 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4627 * 4628 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4629 * 4630 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4631 * 4632 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4633 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4634 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4635 * 4636 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4637 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4638 * 4639 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4640 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4641 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4642 * 4643 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4644 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4645 * 4646 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4647 * 4648 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4649 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4650 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4651 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4652 * 4653 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4654 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4655 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4656 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4657 * 4658 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4659 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4660 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4661 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4662 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4663 * 4664 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4665 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4666 * in the mesh formation field. 4667 * 4668 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4669 */ 4670 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4671 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4672 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4673 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4674 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4675 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4676 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4677 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4678 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4679 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4680 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4681 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4682 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4683 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4684 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4685 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4686 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4687 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4688 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4689 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4690 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4691 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4692 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4693 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4694 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4695 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4696 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4697 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4698 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4699 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4700 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4701 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4702 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4703 4704 /* keep last */ 4705 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4706 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4707 }; 4708 4709 /** 4710 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4711 * 4712 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4713 * changed while the mesh is active. 4714 * 4715 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4716 * 4717 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4718 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4719 * default HWMP. 4720 * 4721 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4722 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4723 * metric. 4724 * 4725 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4726 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4727 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4728 * metrics in use. 4729 * 4730 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4731 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4732 * 4733 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4734 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4735 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4736 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4737 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4738 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4739 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4740 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4741 * userspace daemon. 4742 * 4743 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4744 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4745 * neighbor offset synchronization 4746 * 4747 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4748 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4749 * 4750 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4751 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4752 * Default is no authentication method required. 4753 * 4754 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4755 * 4756 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4757 */ 4758 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4759 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4760 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4761 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4762 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4763 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4764 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4765 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4766 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4767 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4768 4769 /* keep last */ 4770 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4771 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4772 }; 4773 4774 /** 4775 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4776 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4777 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4778 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4779 * disabled 4780 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4781 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4782 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4783 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4784 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4785 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4786 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4787 */ 4788 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4789 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4790 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4791 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4792 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4793 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4794 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4795 4796 /* keep last */ 4797 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4798 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4799 }; 4800 4801 enum nl80211_ac { 4802 NL80211_AC_VO, 4803 NL80211_AC_VI, 4804 NL80211_AC_BE, 4805 NL80211_AC_BK, 4806 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4807 }; 4808 4809 /* backward compat */ 4810 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4811 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4812 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4813 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4814 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4815 4816 /** 4817 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4818 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4819 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4820 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4821 * below the control channel 4822 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4823 * above the control channel 4824 */ 4825 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4826 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4827 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4828 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4829 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4830 }; 4831 4832 /** 4833 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4834 * 4835 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4836 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4837 * 4838 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4839 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4840 * 4841 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4842 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4843 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4844 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4845 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4846 */ 4847 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4848 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4849 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4850 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4851 }; 4852 4853 /** 4854 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4855 * 4856 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4857 * attribute. 4858 * 4859 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4860 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4861 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4862 * attribute must be provided as well 4863 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4864 * attribute must be provided as well 4865 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4866 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4867 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4868 * attribute must be provided as well 4869 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4870 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4871 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4872 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4873 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4874 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4875 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4876 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4877 * attribute must be provided as well 4878 */ 4879 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4880 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4881 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4882 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4883 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4884 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4885 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4886 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4887 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4888 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4889 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4890 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4891 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4892 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4893 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 4894 }; 4895 4896 /** 4897 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4898 * 4899 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4900 * 4901 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4902 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4903 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4904 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4905 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4906 */ 4907 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4908 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4909 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4910 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4911 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4912 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4913 }; 4914 4915 /** 4916 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4917 * 4918 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4919 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4920 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4921 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4922 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4923 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4924 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4925 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4926 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4927 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4928 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4929 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4930 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4931 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4932 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4933 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4934 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4935 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4936 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4937 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4938 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4939 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4940 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4941 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4942 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4943 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4944 * yet been received 4945 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4946 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4947 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4948 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4949 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4950 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4951 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4952 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4953 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4954 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4955 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4956 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4957 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4958 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4959 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4960 * is set. 4961 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4962 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4963 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4964 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4965 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 4966 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 4967 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4968 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4969 */ 4970 enum nl80211_bss { 4971 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4972 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4973 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4974 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4975 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4976 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4977 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4978 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4979 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4980 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4981 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4982 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4983 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4984 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4985 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4986 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4987 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4988 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4989 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4990 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4991 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4992 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 4993 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 4994 4995 /* keep last */ 4996 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4997 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4998 }; 4999 5000 /** 5001 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5002 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5003 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5004 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5005 * a given BSS. 5006 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5007 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5008 * 5009 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5010 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5011 */ 5012 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5013 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5014 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5015 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5016 }; 5017 5018 /** 5019 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5020 * 5021 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5022 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5023 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5024 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5025 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5026 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5027 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5028 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5029 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5030 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5031 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5032 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5033 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5034 */ 5035 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5036 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5037 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5038 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5039 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5040 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5041 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5042 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5043 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5044 5045 /* keep last */ 5046 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5047 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5048 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5049 }; 5050 5051 /** 5052 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5053 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5054 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5055 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5056 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5057 */ 5058 enum nl80211_key_type { 5059 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5060 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5061 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5062 5063 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5064 }; 5065 5066 /** 5067 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5068 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5069 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5070 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5071 */ 5072 enum nl80211_mfp { 5073 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5074 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5075 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5076 }; 5077 5078 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5079 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5080 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5081 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5082 }; 5083 5084 /** 5085 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5086 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5087 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5088 * unicast key 5089 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5090 * multicast key 5091 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5092 */ 5093 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5094 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5095 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5096 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5097 5098 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5099 }; 5100 5101 /** 5102 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5103 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5104 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5105 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5106 * keys 5107 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5108 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5109 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5110 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5111 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5112 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5113 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5114 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5115 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5116 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5117 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5118 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5119 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5120 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5121 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5122 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5123 * 5124 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5125 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5126 */ 5127 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5128 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5129 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5130 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5131 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5132 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5133 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5134 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5135 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5136 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5137 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5138 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5139 5140 /* keep last */ 5141 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5142 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5143 }; 5144 5145 /** 5146 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5147 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5148 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5149 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5150 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5151 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5152 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5153 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5154 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5155 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5156 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5157 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5158 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5159 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5160 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5161 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5162 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5163 */ 5164 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5165 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5166 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5167 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5168 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5169 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5170 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5171 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5172 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5173 5174 /* keep last */ 5175 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5176 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5177 }; 5178 5179 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5180 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5181 5182 /** 5183 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5184 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5185 */ 5186 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5187 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5188 }; 5189 5190 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5191 /** 5192 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5193 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5194 */ 5195 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5196 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5197 }; 5198 5199 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5200 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5201 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5202 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5203 }; 5204 5205 /** 5206 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5207 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5208 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5209 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5210 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5211 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5212 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5213 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5214 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5215 */ 5216 enum nl80211_band { 5217 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5218 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5219 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5220 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5221 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5222 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5223 5224 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5225 }; 5226 5227 /** 5228 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5229 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5230 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5231 */ 5232 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5233 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5234 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5235 }; 5236 5237 /** 5238 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5239 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5240 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5241 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5242 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5243 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5244 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5245 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5246 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5247 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5248 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5249 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5250 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5251 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5252 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5253 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5254 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5255 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5256 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5257 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5258 * checked. 5259 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5260 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5261 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5262 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5263 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5264 * loss event 5265 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5266 * RSSI threshold event. 5267 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5268 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5269 */ 5270 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5271 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5272 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5273 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5274 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5275 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5276 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5277 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5278 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5279 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5280 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5281 5282 /* keep last */ 5283 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5284 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5285 }; 5286 5287 /** 5288 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5289 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5290 * configured threshold 5291 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5292 * configured threshold 5293 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5294 */ 5295 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5296 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5297 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5298 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5299 }; 5300 5301 5302 /** 5303 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5304 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5305 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5306 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5307 */ 5308 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5309 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5310 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5311 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5312 }; 5313 5314 /** 5315 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5316 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5317 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5318 */ 5319 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5320 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5321 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5322 }; 5323 5324 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5325 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5326 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5327 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5328 */ 5329 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5330 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5331 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5332 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5333 }; 5334 5335 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5336 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5337 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5338 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5339 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5340 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5341 * per peer instead. 5342 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 5343 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5344 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5345 * should be left untouched. 5346 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5347 * Its type is u16. 5348 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5349 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5350 * Its type is u8. 5351 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5352 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5353 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5354 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5355 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5356 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5357 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5358 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5359 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5360 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5361 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5362 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5363 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5364 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5365 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5366 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5367 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5368 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5369 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5370 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5371 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5372 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5373 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5374 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5375 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5376 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5377 * station. 5378 */ 5379 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5380 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5381 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5382 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5383 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5384 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5385 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5386 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5387 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5388 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5389 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5390 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5391 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5392 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5393 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5394 5395 /* keep last */ 5396 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5397 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5398 }; 5399 5400 /** 5401 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5402 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5403 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5404 * a zero bit are ignored 5405 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5406 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5407 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5408 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5409 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5410 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5411 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5412 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5413 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5414 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5415 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5416 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5417 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5418 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5419 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5420 */ 5421 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5422 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5423 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5424 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5425 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5426 5427 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5428 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5429 }; 5430 5431 /** 5432 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5433 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5434 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5435 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5436 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5437 * 5438 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5439 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5440 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5441 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5442 * by the kernel to userspace. 5443 */ 5444 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5445 __u32 max_patterns; 5446 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5447 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5448 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5449 } __attribute__((packed)); 5450 5451 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5452 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5453 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5454 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5455 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5456 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5457 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5458 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5459 5460 /** 5461 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5462 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5463 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5464 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5465 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5466 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5467 * any others are even supported by the device. 5468 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5469 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5470 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5471 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5472 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5473 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5474 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5475 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5476 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5477 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5478 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5479 * 5480 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5481 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5482 * 5483 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5484 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5485 * to the kernel when configuring. 5486 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5487 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5488 * by the device (flag) 5489 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5490 * done by the device) (flag) 5491 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5492 * packet (flag) 5493 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5494 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5495 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5496 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5497 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5498 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5499 * attribute contains the original length. 5500 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5501 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5502 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5503 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5504 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5505 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5506 * contains the original length. 5507 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5508 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5509 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5510 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5511 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5512 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5513 * the TCP connection. 5514 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5515 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5516 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5517 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5518 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5519 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5520 * service 5521 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5522 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5523 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5524 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5525 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5526 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5527 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5528 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5529 * supported by the driver (u32). 5530 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5531 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5532 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5533 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5534 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5535 * occurred. 5536 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5537 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5538 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5539 * these attributes must be present. If 5540 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5541 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5542 * channel. 5543 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5544 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5545 * 5546 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5547 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5548 */ 5549 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5550 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5551 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5552 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5553 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5554 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5555 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5556 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5557 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5558 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5559 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5560 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5561 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5562 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5563 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5564 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5565 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5566 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5567 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5568 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5569 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5570 5571 /* keep last */ 5572 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5573 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5574 }; 5575 5576 /** 5577 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5578 * 5579 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5580 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5581 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5582 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5583 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5584 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5585 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5586 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5587 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5588 * 5589 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5590 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5591 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5592 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5593 * also woken up. 5594 * 5595 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5596 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5597 */ 5598 5599 /** 5600 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5601 * @start: starting value 5602 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5603 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5604 * 5605 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5606 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5607 * in little endian. 5608 */ 5609 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5610 __u32 start, offset, len; 5611 }; 5612 5613 /** 5614 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5615 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5616 * @len: length of each token 5617 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5618 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5619 */ 5620 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5621 __u32 offset, len; 5622 __u8 token_stream[]; 5623 }; 5624 5625 /** 5626 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5627 * @min_len: minimum token length 5628 * @max_len: maximum token length 5629 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5630 */ 5631 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5632 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5633 }; 5634 5635 /** 5636 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5637 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5638 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5639 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5640 * (in network byte order) 5641 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5642 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5643 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5644 * might require ARP querying. 5645 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5646 * socket and port will be allocated 5647 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5648 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5649 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5650 * of the data payload. 5651 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5652 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5653 * advertising it is just a flag 5654 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5655 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5656 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5657 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5658 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5659 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5660 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5661 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5662 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5663 * but on the TCP payload only. 5664 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5665 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5666 */ 5667 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5668 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5669 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5670 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5671 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5672 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5673 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5674 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5675 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5676 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5677 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5678 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5679 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5680 5681 /* keep last */ 5682 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5683 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5684 }; 5685 5686 /** 5687 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5688 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5689 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5690 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5691 * 5692 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5693 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5694 */ 5695 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5696 __u32 max_rules; 5697 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5698 __u32 max_delay; 5699 } __attribute__((packed)); 5700 5701 /** 5702 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5703 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5704 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5705 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5706 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5707 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5708 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5709 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5710 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5711 */ 5712 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5713 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5714 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5715 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5716 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5717 5718 /* keep last */ 5719 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5720 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5721 }; 5722 5723 /** 5724 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5725 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5726 * in a rule are matched. 5727 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5728 * in a rule are not matched. 5729 */ 5730 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5731 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5732 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5733 }; 5734 5735 /** 5736 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5737 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5738 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5739 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5740 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5741 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5742 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5743 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5744 */ 5745 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5746 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5747 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5748 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5749 5750 /* keep last */ 5751 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5752 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5753 }; 5754 5755 /** 5756 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5757 * 5758 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5759 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5760 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5761 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5762 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5763 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5764 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5765 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5766 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5767 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5768 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5769 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5770 * different channels may be used within this group. 5771 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5772 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5773 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5774 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5775 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5776 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5777 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5778 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5779 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5780 * 5781 * Examples: 5782 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5783 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5784 * 5785 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5786 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5787 * 5788 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5789 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 5790 * 5791 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5792 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5793 * 5794 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5795 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5796 * that any of these groups must match. 5797 * 5798 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5799 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5800 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5801 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5802 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5803 */ 5804 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5805 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5806 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5807 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5808 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5809 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5810 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5811 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5812 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5813 5814 /* keep last */ 5815 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5816 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5817 }; 5818 5819 5820 /** 5821 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5822 * 5823 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5824 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5825 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5826 * this mesh peer 5827 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5828 * from this mesh peer 5829 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5830 * received from this mesh peer 5831 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5832 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5833 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5834 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 5835 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5836 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5837 */ 5838 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5839 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5840 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5841 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5842 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5843 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5844 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5845 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5846 5847 /* keep last */ 5848 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5849 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5850 }; 5851 5852 /** 5853 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5854 * 5855 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5856 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5857 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5858 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5859 */ 5860 enum plink_actions { 5861 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5862 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5863 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5864 5865 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5866 }; 5867 5868 5869 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5870 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5871 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5872 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5873 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 5874 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5875 5876 /** 5877 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5878 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5879 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5880 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5881 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5882 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5883 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5884 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5885 */ 5886 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5887 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5888 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5889 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5890 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5891 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5892 5893 /* keep last */ 5894 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5895 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5896 }; 5897 5898 /** 5899 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5900 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5901 * Beacon frames) 5902 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5903 * in Beacon frames 5904 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5905 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5906 */ 5907 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5908 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5909 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5910 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5911 }; 5912 5913 /** 5914 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5915 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5916 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5917 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5918 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5919 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5920 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5921 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5922 */ 5923 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5924 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5925 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5926 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5927 5928 /* keep last */ 5929 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5930 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5931 }; 5932 5933 /** 5934 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5935 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5936 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5937 * priority) 5938 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5939 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5940 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5941 * (internal) 5942 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5943 * (internal) 5944 */ 5945 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5946 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5947 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5948 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5949 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5950 5951 /* keep last */ 5952 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5953 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5954 }; 5955 5956 /** 5957 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5958 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5959 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5960 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5961 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5962 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5963 */ 5964 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5965 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5966 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5967 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5968 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5969 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5970 }; 5971 5972 /** 5973 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5974 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 5975 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 5976 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 5977 */ 5978 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5979 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 5980 }; 5981 5982 /** 5983 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5984 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5985 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5986 * socket option. 5987 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5988 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5989 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5990 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5991 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 5992 * cellular base stations. 5993 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5994 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5995 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5996 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5997 * mode 5998 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5999 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6000 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6001 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6002 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6003 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6004 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6005 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6006 * setting 6007 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6008 * powersave 6009 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6010 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6011 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6012 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6013 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6014 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6015 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6016 * states using station flags. 6017 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6018 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6019 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6020 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6021 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6022 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6023 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6024 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6025 * still generated by the driver. 6026 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6027 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6028 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6029 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6030 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6031 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6032 * lifetime of a BSS. 6033 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6034 * Set IE to probe requests. 6035 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6036 * to probe requests. 6037 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6038 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6039 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6040 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6041 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6042 * Measurement Report action frame. 6043 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6044 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6045 * to enable dynack. 6046 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6047 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6048 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6049 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6050 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6051 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6052 * rts/cts handshake. 6053 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6054 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6055 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6056 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6057 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6058 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6059 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6060 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6061 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6062 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6063 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6064 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6065 * address mask/value will be used. 6066 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6067 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6068 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6069 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6070 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6071 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6072 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6073 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6074 */ 6075 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6076 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6077 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6078 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6079 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6080 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6081 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6082 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6083 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6084 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6085 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6086 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6087 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6088 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6089 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6090 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6091 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6092 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6093 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6094 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6095 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6096 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6097 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6098 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6099 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6100 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6101 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6102 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6103 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6104 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6105 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6106 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6107 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6108 }; 6109 6110 /** 6111 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6112 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6113 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6114 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6115 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6116 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6117 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 6118 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6119 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6120 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6121 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6122 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6123 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6124 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6125 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6126 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6127 * (if available). 6128 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6129 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 6130 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6131 * (if available). 6132 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6133 * channel dwell time. 6134 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6135 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 6136 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6137 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6138 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6139 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6140 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6141 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6142 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6143 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6144 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6145 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6146 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6147 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6148 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6149 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6150 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6151 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6152 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6153 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6154 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6155 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6156 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6157 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6158 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6159 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6160 * be supported. 6161 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6162 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6163 * actual dwell time. 6164 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6165 * response 6166 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6167 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6168 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6169 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6170 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6171 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6172 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6173 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6174 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6175 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6176 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6177 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6178 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6179 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6180 * "radar detected" event. 6181 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6182 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6183 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6184 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6185 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6186 * TXQs. 6187 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6188 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6189 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6190 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6191 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6192 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6193 * timing measurement responder role. 6194 * 6195 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6196 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6197 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6198 * freeze the connection. 6199 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6200 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6201 * 6202 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6203 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6204 * scheduling. 6205 * 6206 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6207 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6208 * 6209 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 6210 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 6211 * 6212 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6213 * to a station. 6214 * 6215 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6216 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6217 * 6218 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6219 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6220 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6221 * 6222 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6223 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6224 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6225 * 6226 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6227 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6228 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6229 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6230 * 6231 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6232 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6233 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6234 * 6235 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6236 * 6237 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6238 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6239 * 6240 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6241 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6242 * 6243 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6244 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6245 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6246 * included in the scan request. 6247 * 6248 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6249 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6250 * 6251 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6252 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6253 * 6254 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6255 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6256 * command). 6257 * 6258 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6259 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6260 * 6261 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6262 * frames transmission 6263 * 6264 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6265 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6266 * 6267 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6268 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6269 * 6270 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6271 * exchange protocol. 6272 * 6273 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6274 * exchange protocol. 6275 * 6276 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6277 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6278 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6279 * 6280 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6281 * detection and change announcemnts. 6282 * 6283 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6284 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6285 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6287 * 6288 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6289 * detection. 6290 * 6291 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 6292 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 6293 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 6294 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 6295 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 6296 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 6297 * in progress, and no active connections. 6298 * 6299 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6300 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6301 */ 6302 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6303 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6304 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6305 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6306 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6307 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6308 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6309 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6310 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6311 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6312 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6313 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6314 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6315 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6316 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6317 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6318 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6319 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6320 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6321 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6322 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6323 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6324 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6325 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6326 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6327 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6328 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6329 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6330 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6331 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6332 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6333 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6334 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6335 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6336 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6337 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6338 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6339 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6340 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 6341 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6342 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6343 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6344 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6345 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6346 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6347 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6348 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6349 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6350 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6351 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6352 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6353 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6354 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6355 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6356 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6357 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6358 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6359 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6360 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6361 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6362 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6363 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6364 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6365 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6366 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 6367 6368 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6369 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6370 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6371 }; 6372 6373 /** 6374 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6375 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6376 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6377 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6378 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6379 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6380 * to the host. 6381 * 6382 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6383 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6384 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6385 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6386 */ 6387 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6388 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6389 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6390 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6391 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6392 }; 6393 6394 /** 6395 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6396 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6397 * handled by the AP is reached. 6398 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6399 */ 6400 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6401 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6402 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6403 }; 6404 6405 /** 6406 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6407 * 6408 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6409 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6410 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6411 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6412 */ 6413 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6414 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6415 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6416 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6417 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6418 }; 6419 6420 /** 6421 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6422 * 6423 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6424 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6425 * requests. 6426 * 6427 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6428 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6429 * one of them can be used in the request. 6430 * 6431 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6432 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6433 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6434 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6435 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6436 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6437 * when really needed 6438 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6439 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6440 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6441 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6442 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6443 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6444 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6445 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6446 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6447 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6448 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6449 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6450 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6451 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6452 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6453 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6454 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6455 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6456 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6457 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6458 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6459 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6460 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6461 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6462 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6463 * impacted with this flag. 6464 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6465 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6466 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6467 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6468 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6469 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6470 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6471 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6472 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6473 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6474 * possible. 6475 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6476 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6477 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6478 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6479 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6480 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6481 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 6482 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 6483 */ 6484 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6485 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6486 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6487 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6488 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6489 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6490 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6491 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6492 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6493 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6494 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6495 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6496 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6497 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6498 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6499 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6500 }; 6501 6502 /** 6503 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6504 * 6505 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6506 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6507 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6508 * 6509 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6510 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6511 * in ACL to authenticate. 6512 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6513 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6514 */ 6515 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6516 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6517 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6518 }; 6519 6520 /** 6521 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6522 * 6523 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6524 * 6525 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6526 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6527 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6528 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6529 */ 6530 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6531 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6532 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6533 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6534 6535 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6536 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6537 }; 6538 6539 /** 6540 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6541 * 6542 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6543 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6544 * 6545 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6546 * now unusable. 6547 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6548 * the channel is now available. 6549 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6550 * change to the channel status. 6551 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6552 * over, channel becomes usable. 6553 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6554 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6555 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6556 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6557 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6558 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6559 */ 6560 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6561 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6562 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6563 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6564 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6565 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6566 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6567 }; 6568 6569 /** 6570 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6571 * 6572 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6573 * 6574 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6575 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6576 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6577 * is therefore marked as not available. 6578 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6579 */ 6580 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6581 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6582 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6583 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6584 }; 6585 6586 /** 6587 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6588 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6589 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6590 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6591 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6592 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6593 */ 6594 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6595 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6596 }; 6597 6598 /** 6599 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6600 * 6601 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6602 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6603 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6604 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6605 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6606 */ 6607 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6608 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6609 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6610 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6611 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6612 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6613 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6614 }; 6615 6616 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6617 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6618 6619 /** 6620 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6621 * 6622 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6623 * 6624 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6625 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6626 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6627 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6628 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6629 */ 6630 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6631 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6632 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6633 }; 6634 6635 /* 6636 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6637 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6638 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6639 */ 6640 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6641 6642 /** 6643 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6644 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6645 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6646 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6647 * added to this file when needed. 6648 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6649 */ 6650 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6651 __u32 vendor_id; 6652 __u32 subcmd; 6653 }; 6654 6655 /** 6656 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6657 * 6658 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6659 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6660 * 6661 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6662 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6663 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6664 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6665 */ 6666 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6667 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6668 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6669 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6670 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6671 }; 6672 6673 /** 6674 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6675 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6676 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6677 * seconds (u32). 6678 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6679 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6680 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6681 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6682 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6683 * currently defined 6684 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6685 */ 6686 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6687 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6688 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6689 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6690 6691 /* keep last */ 6692 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6693 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6694 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6695 }; 6696 6697 /** 6698 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6699 * 6700 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6701 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6702 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6703 */ 6704 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6705 __u8 band; 6706 __s8 delta; 6707 } __attribute__((packed)); 6708 6709 /** 6710 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6711 * 6712 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6713 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6714 * is requested. 6715 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6716 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6717 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6718 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6719 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6720 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6721 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6722 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6723 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6724 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6725 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6726 * 6727 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6728 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6729 * which the driver shall use. 6730 */ 6731 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6732 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6733 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6734 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6735 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6736 6737 /* keep last */ 6738 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6739 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6740 }; 6741 6742 /** 6743 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6744 * 6745 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6746 * 6747 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6748 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6749 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6750 */ 6751 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6752 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6753 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6754 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6755 6756 /* keep last */ 6757 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6758 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6759 }; 6760 6761 /** 6762 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6763 * 6764 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6765 * 6766 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6767 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6768 */ 6769 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6770 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6771 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6772 }; 6773 6774 /** 6775 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6776 * 6777 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6778 * 6779 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6780 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6781 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6782 */ 6783 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6784 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6785 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6786 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6787 }; 6788 6789 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6790 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6791 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6792 6793 /** 6794 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6795 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6796 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6797 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6798 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6799 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6800 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6801 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6802 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6803 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6804 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6805 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6806 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6807 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6808 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6809 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6810 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6811 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6812 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6813 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6814 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6815 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6816 * This is a flag. 6817 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6818 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6819 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6820 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6821 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6822 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6823 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6824 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6825 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6826 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6827 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6828 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6829 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6830 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6831 * 6832 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6833 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6834 */ 6835 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6836 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6837 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6838 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6839 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6840 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6841 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6842 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6843 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6844 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6845 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6846 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6847 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6848 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6849 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6850 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6851 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6852 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6853 6854 /* keep last */ 6855 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6856 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6857 }; 6858 6859 /** 6860 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6861 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6862 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6863 * This is a flag. 6864 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6865 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6866 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6867 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6868 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6869 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6870 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6871 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6872 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6873 */ 6874 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6875 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6876 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6877 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6878 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6879 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6880 6881 /* keep last */ 6882 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6883 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6884 }; 6885 6886 /** 6887 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6888 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6889 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6890 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6891 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6892 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6893 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6894 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6895 * 6896 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6897 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6898 */ 6899 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6900 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6901 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6902 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6903 6904 /* keep last */ 6905 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6906 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6907 }; 6908 6909 /** 6910 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6911 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6912 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6913 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6914 */ 6915 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6916 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6917 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6918 }; 6919 6920 /** 6921 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6922 * responder attributes 6923 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6924 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6925 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6926 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6927 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6928 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6929 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6930 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6931 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6932 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6933 */ 6934 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6935 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6936 6937 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6938 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6939 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6940 6941 /* keep last */ 6942 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6943 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6944 }; 6945 6946 /* 6947 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6948 * 6949 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6950 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6951 * 6952 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6953 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6954 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6955 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6956 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6957 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6958 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6959 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6960 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6961 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6962 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6963 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6964 * phase with the responder (u32) 6965 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6966 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6967 * FTM slot (u32) 6968 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6969 * scheduled window (u32) 6970 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6971 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6972 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6973 */ 6974 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6975 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6976 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6977 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6978 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6979 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6980 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6981 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6982 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6983 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6984 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6985 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6986 6987 /* keep last */ 6988 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6989 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6990 }; 6991 6992 /** 6993 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6994 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6995 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6996 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6997 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6998 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6999 */ 7000 enum nl80211_preamble { 7001 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 7002 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 7003 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 7004 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7005 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7006 }; 7007 7008 /** 7009 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7010 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7011 * these numbers also for attributes 7012 * 7013 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7014 * 7015 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7016 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7017 */ 7018 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7019 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7020 7021 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7022 7023 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7024 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7025 }; 7026 7027 /** 7028 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7029 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7030 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7031 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7032 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7033 * reason may be available in the response data 7034 */ 7035 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7036 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7037 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7038 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7039 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7040 }; 7041 7042 /** 7043 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7044 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7045 * 7046 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7047 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7048 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7049 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7050 * (flag attribute) 7051 * 7052 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7053 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7054 */ 7055 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7056 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7057 7058 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 7059 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 7060 7061 /* keep last */ 7062 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 7063 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 7064 }; 7065 7066 /** 7067 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 7068 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7069 * 7070 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7071 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 7072 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 7073 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 7074 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 7075 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 7076 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 7077 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 7078 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 7079 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 7080 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 7081 * (u64, usec) 7082 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 7083 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 7084 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 7085 * result. 7086 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 7087 * 7088 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 7089 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7090 */ 7091 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 7092 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7093 7094 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7095 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7096 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7097 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7098 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7099 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7100 7101 /* keep last */ 7102 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7103 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7104 }; 7105 7106 /** 7107 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7108 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7109 * 7110 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7111 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7112 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7113 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7114 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7115 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7116 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7117 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7118 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7119 * 7120 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7121 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7122 */ 7123 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7124 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7125 7126 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7127 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7128 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7129 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7130 7131 /* keep last */ 7132 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7133 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7134 }; 7135 7136 /** 7137 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7138 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7139 * 7140 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7141 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7142 * measurements can be done with in a single request 7143 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 7144 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 7145 * measurement results 7146 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 7147 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 7148 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 7149 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 7150 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 7151 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 7152 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 7153 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 7154 * sub-attributes taken from 7155 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 7156 * 7157 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 7158 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7159 */ 7160 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 7161 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 7162 7163 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 7164 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 7165 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 7166 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 7167 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 7168 7169 /* keep last */ 7170 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 7171 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 7172 }; 7173 7174 /** 7175 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 7176 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7177 * 7178 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 7179 * is supported 7180 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 7181 * mode is supported 7182 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 7183 * data can be requested during the measurement 7184 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 7185 * location data can be requested during the measurement 7186 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 7187 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 7188 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 7189 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 7190 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 7191 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 7192 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 7193 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 7194 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 7195 * is valid) 7196 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 7197 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 7198 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 7199 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7200 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 7201 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7202 * 7203 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 7204 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7205 */ 7206 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 7207 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 7208 7209 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 7210 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 7211 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 7212 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 7213 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 7214 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 7215 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 7216 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7217 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7218 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7219 7220 /* keep last */ 7221 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7222 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7223 }; 7224 7225 /** 7226 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7227 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7228 * 7229 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7230 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7231 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7232 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7233 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7234 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7235 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7236 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7237 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7238 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7239 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7240 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7241 * requested per burst 7242 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7244 * (u8, default 3) 7245 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7246 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7247 * (flag) 7248 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7249 * measurement (flag). 7250 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7251 * mutually exclusive. 7252 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7253 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7254 * ranging will be used. 7255 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 7256 * ranging measurement (flag) 7257 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7258 * mutually exclusive. 7259 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7260 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7261 * ranging will be used. 7262 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7263 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7264 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7265 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7266 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7267 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7268 * 7269 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7270 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7271 */ 7272 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7273 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7274 7275 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7276 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7277 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7278 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7279 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7280 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7281 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7282 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7283 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7284 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7285 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7286 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7287 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7288 7289 /* keep last */ 7290 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7291 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7292 }; 7293 7294 /** 7295 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7296 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7297 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7298 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7299 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7300 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7301 * try and get no response) 7302 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7303 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7304 * received 7305 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7306 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7307 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7308 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7309 */ 7310 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7311 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7312 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7313 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7314 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7315 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7316 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7317 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7318 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7319 }; 7320 7321 /** 7322 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7323 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7324 * 7325 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7326 * (u32, optional) 7327 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7328 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7329 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7330 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7331 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7332 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7333 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 7334 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7335 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7336 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7337 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7339 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7341 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7342 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7343 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7345 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7347 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7348 * attributes) 7349 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7350 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7351 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7352 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7353 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7354 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7355 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7356 * optional) 7357 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7358 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7360 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7361 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7362 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7363 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7364 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7365 * Type 8. 7366 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7367 * (binary, optional); 7368 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7369 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7370 * Type 11. 7371 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7372 * 7373 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7374 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7375 */ 7376 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7377 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7378 7379 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7380 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7381 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7382 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7383 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7384 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7385 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7386 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7387 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7388 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7389 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7390 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7391 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7392 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7393 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7394 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7395 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7396 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7397 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7398 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7399 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7400 7401 /* keep last */ 7402 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7403 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7404 }; 7405 7406 /** 7407 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7408 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7409 * 7410 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7411 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7412 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7413 * tx power offset. 7414 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7415 * values used by members of the SRG. 7416 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7417 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7418 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7419 * 7420 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7421 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7422 */ 7423 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7424 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7425 7426 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7427 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7428 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7429 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7430 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7431 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7432 7433 /* keep last */ 7434 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7435 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7436 }; 7437 7438 /** 7439 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7440 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7441 * 7442 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7443 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7444 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7445 * 7446 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7447 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7448 */ 7449 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7450 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7451 7452 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7453 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7454 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7455 7456 /* keep last */ 7457 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7458 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7459 }; 7460 7461 /** 7462 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7463 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7464 * 7465 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7466 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7467 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7468 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7469 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7470 * 7471 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7472 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7473 */ 7474 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7475 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7476 7477 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7478 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7479 7480 /* keep last */ 7481 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7482 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7483 }; 7484 7485 /** 7486 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7487 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7488 * 7489 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7490 * 7491 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7492 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7493 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7494 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7495 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7496 * frame including the headers. 7497 * 7498 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7499 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7500 */ 7501 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7502 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7503 7504 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7505 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7506 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7507 7508 /* keep last */ 7509 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7510 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7511 }; 7512 7513 /* 7514 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7515 * mandatory fields. 7516 */ 7517 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7518 7519 /** 7520 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7521 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7522 * 7523 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7524 * 7525 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7526 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7527 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 7528 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7529 * frame template (binary). 7530 * 7531 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7532 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7533 */ 7534 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7535 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7536 7537 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7538 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7539 7540 /* keep last */ 7541 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7542 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7543 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7544 }; 7545 7546 /** 7547 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7548 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7549 * used. 7550 * 7551 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7552 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7553 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7554 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7555 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7556 * can be used. 7557 */ 7558 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7559 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7560 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7561 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7562 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7563 }; 7564 7565 /** 7566 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7567 * 7568 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7569 * 7570 */ 7571 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7572 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7573 7574 /* add new type here */ 7575 7576 /* Keep last */ 7577 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7578 }; 7579 7580 /** 7581 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7582 * 7583 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7584 * 7585 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7586 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7587 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7588 * 7589 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7590 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7591 * 7592 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7593 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7594 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7595 * 7596 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7597 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7598 * 7599 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7600 */ 7601 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7602 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7603 7604 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7605 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7606 7607 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7608 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7609 }; 7610 7611 /** 7612 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7613 * 7614 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7615 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7616 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7617 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7618 * 7619 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7620 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7621 * is applied to this range. 7622 * 7623 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7624 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7625 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7626 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7627 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7628 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7629 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7630 * 7631 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7632 * 7633 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7634 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7635 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7636 * 7637 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7638 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7639 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7640 * 7641 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7642 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7643 */ 7644 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7645 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7646 7647 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7648 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7649 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7650 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7651 7652 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7653 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7654 }; 7655 7656 /** 7657 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 7658 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 7659 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 7660 * MBSSID and EMA. 7661 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 7662 * features. 7663 * 7664 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7665 * 7666 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 7667 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 7668 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 7669 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 7670 * 7671 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 7672 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 7673 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 7674 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 7675 * a non-zero value. 7676 * 7677 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 7678 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 7679 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 7680 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 7681 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 7682 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 7683 * 7684 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 7685 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 7686 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 7687 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 7688 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 7689 * the interface index of the same. 7690 * 7691 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 7692 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 7693 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 7694 * 7695 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7696 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7697 */ 7698 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 7699 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 7700 7701 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 7702 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 7703 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 7704 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 7705 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 7706 7707 /* keep last */ 7708 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 7709 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7710 }; 7711 7712 /** 7713 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 7714 * 7715 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 7716 * authentication. 7717 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 7718 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 7719 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 7720 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 7721 * userspace. 7722 */ 7723 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 7724 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 7725 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 7726 }; 7727 7728 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7729